blob: 53c8278827a0dc09e6e2c6517bb6d6c409455112 [file] [log] [blame]
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -080013 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
52
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070053/**
54 * DOC: Station handling
55 *
56 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
57 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
58 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
59 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
60 * to.
61 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -070062 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
63 * capabilities.
64 *
65 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
66 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
67 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
68 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
69 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
70 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
71 * time mark it authorized.
72 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
73 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
74 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
75 *
76 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070077 */
78
79/**
80 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
81 *
82 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
83 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
84 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
85 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
86 * for various reasons.
87 *
88 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
89 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
90 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
91 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
92 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
93 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
94 * for doing that.
95 *
96 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
97 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
98 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
99 *
100 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
101 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
102 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
103 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
104 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
105 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
106 *
107 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
108 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
109 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
110 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
111 *
112 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
113 * below.
114 */
115
116/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800117 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
118 *
119 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
120 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
121 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
122 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
123 *
124 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
125 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
126 * types there no concurrency is implied.
127 *
128 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
129 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
130 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
131 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
132 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
133 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
134 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
135 *
136 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
137 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
138 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
139 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
140 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
141 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
142 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
143 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
144 *
145 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
146 * interfaces that a given device supports.
147 */
148
149/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800150 * DOC: packet coalesce support
151 *
152 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
153 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
154 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
155 * and power consumption.
156 *
157 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
158 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
159 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
160 * following events occur.
161 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
162 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
163 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
164 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
165 *
166 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
167 * rule.
168 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
169 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
170 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
171 * Multiple such rules can be created.
172 */
173
174/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700175 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
176 *
177 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
178 *
179 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
180 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
181 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
182 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800183 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
184 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
185 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700186 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
187 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
188 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
189 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
190 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
191 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
192 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
193 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
194 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
195 *
196 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700197 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
198 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700199 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
200 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
201 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
202 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
203 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
204 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
205 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
206 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
207 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
209 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
210 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
211 *
212 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
213 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
214 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
216 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
218 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
219 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
220 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
221 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700222 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
223 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
224 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
225 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
226 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
228 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
229 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
230 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
231 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800232 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
234 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800235 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700237 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800238 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700239 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
240 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
241 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700242 *
243 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
244 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
245 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
247 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
248 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
249 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
250 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800251 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
253 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
254 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
255 * frame).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700256 *
257 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
258 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
261 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
262 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800263 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
265 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700267 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
268 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
269 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
270 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
271 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
272 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
273 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
274 *
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700276 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
277 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
278 * global regdomain will be returned.
279 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
280 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
281 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
282 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
283 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
284 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
285 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
286 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
287 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700288 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
289 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
290 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
291 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
292 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
293 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
298 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
299 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
300 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
301 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800302 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700303 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
304 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700306 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
307 *
308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
309 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
310 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
311 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
313 * added to all specified management frames generated by
314 * kernel/firmware/driver.
315 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
316 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
317 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
318 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
319 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
320 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
321 *
322 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
323 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800324 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700325 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC can be used to
326 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
327 * be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700328 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
329 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
330 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
331 * partial scan results may be available
332 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800333 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800334 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
335 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
336 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
337 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
338 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
339 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
340 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
341 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
342 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800343 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
344 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
345 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
346 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
347 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
348 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
349 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
350 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700351 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
352 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
353 * is supplied.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -0700354 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
355 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
356 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800357 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
358 * results available.
359 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
360 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
361 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
362 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
363 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
364 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
365 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
366 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700367 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
368 * or noise level
369 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
370 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
371 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
373 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
375 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
376 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
377 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700378 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
379 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
380 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
381 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
382 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
383 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
384 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
385 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
386 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
387 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
388 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
389 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
390 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
391 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
392 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
393 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
394 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
395 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
396 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
397 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
398 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
399 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
400 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
401 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
402 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
403 * the beacon hint was processed.
404 *
405 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
406 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
407 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
408 * authentication process.
409 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
410 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
411 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
412 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
413 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
414 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
415 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
416 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
417 * to be added to the frame.
418 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
419 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
420 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
421 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
422 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
423 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
424 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
425 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
426 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
428 * pending authentication timed out).
429 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
430 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
431 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700432 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
433 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
434 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
435 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
436 * included).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700437 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
438 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
439 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
440 * primitives).
441 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
442 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
443 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
444 *
445 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
446 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
447 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
448 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
449 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
450 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
451 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
452 *
453 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
454 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
455 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
456 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
457 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
458 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
459 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
460 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
461 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
462 * determined by the network interface.
463 *
464 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
465 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
466 * to the driver.
467 *
468 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
469 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
470 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800472 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
473 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800474 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
475 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
477 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
478 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
479 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
480 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
481 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
482 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
483 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
484 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
485 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700486 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
487 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
488 * a different BSS is desired.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700489 * Background scan period can optionally be
490 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
491 * if not specified default background scan configuration
492 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
493 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700494 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
495 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -0700496 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
497 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
498 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
499 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
500 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
501 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700502 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
503 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
504 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
505 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
506 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
507 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
508 *
509 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
510 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
511 *
512 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
513 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
514 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
515 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
516 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
517 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800518 * frequency for the operation.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700519 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
520 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
521 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
522 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
523 * radio).
524 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
525 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
526 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
527 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
528 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
529 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
530 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
531 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
532 * uniquely identify the request.
533 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
534 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
535 *
536 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
537 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
538 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
539 *
540 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
541 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
542 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
543 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
544 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
545 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
546 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
547 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
548 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
549 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
550 * backward compatibility
551 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
552 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
553 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
554 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
555 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800556 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
557 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
558 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
559 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
560 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700561 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
562 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
563 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800564 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
565 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700566 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
567 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
568 * is used during CSA period.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700569 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
570 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
571 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
572 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
573 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
574 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
575 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
576 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
577 * the frame.
578 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
579 * backward compatibility.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700580 *
581 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
582 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
583 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700584 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
585 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
586 * levels.
587 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
588 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
589 * reached.
590 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800591 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
592 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700593 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
594 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
595 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
596 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
597 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
598 * precedence when they are used.
599 *
600 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
601 *
602 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
603 * mesh config parameters may be given.
604 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
605 * network is determined by the network interface.
606 *
607 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
608 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
609 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
610 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
611 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
612 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
613 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800614 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
615 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
616 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700617 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
618 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
619 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
620 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
621 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800622 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
623 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
624 * depending on the authentication result.
625 *
626 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
627 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
628 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
629 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
630 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
631 * more background information, see
632 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800633 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
634 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
635 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
636 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
637 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
638 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800639 *
640 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
641 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
642 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
643 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
644 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
645 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
646 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
647 *
648 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
649 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
650 *
651 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800652 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
653 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
654 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
655 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
656 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
657 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800658 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
659 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
660 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
661 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
662 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
663 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
664 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
665 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800666 *
667 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
668 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
669 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
670 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
671 * is received.
672 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
673 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
674 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
675 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
676 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
677 *
678 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
679 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
680 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
681 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
682 *
683 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
684 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
685 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
686 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
687 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
688 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
689 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
690 *
691 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
692 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
693 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
694 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
695 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800696 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
697 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
698 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700699 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
700 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800701 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800702 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
703 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
704 * from the remote AP) is completed;
705 *
706 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
707 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
708 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
709 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
710 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
711 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
712 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
713 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700714 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800715 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
716 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
717 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
718 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
719 * public action frame TX.
720 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
721 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
722 *
723 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
724 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
725 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
726 * is used for this.
727 *
728 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
729 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
730 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800731 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
732 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
733 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
734 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
735 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
736 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
737 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
738 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
739 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
740 *
741 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
742 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
743 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
744 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
745 * while operating on this channel.
746 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
747 * event.
748 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700749 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
750 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
751 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
752 *
753 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
754 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
755 *
756 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
757 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
758 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
759 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
760 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -0700761 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
762 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
763 * complete.
764 *
765 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
766 * return back to normal.
767 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800768 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
769 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
770 *
771 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
772 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
773 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
774 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
775 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
776 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
777 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
778 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
779 * switch is complete.
780 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800781 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
782 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
783 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
784 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
785 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
786 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
787 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
788 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
789 *
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
791 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
792 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
793 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
794 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
795 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700796 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
797 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
798 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
799 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
800 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
801 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
802 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
803 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
804 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
805 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
806 * fail even if the check was successful.
807 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
808 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
809 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
810 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
811 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800812 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
813 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
814 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
815 *
816 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
817 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
818 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
819 * network is determined by the network interface.
820 *
821 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
822 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
823 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
824 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
825 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
826 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
827 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
828 * AP.
829 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
830 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
831 * when this command completes.
832 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700833 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
834 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
835 * management.
836 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800837 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
838 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
839 * cfg80211_scan_done().
840 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700841 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
842 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
843 */
844enum nl80211_commands {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800845/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700846 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
847
848 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
849 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
850 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
851 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
852
853 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
854 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
855 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
856 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
857
858 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
859 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
860 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
861 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
862
863 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
864 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700865 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
866 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
867 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
868 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700869
870 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
871 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
872 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
873 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
874
875 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
876 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
877 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
878 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
879
880 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
881
882 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
883 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
884
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800885 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
886 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700887
888 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
889
890 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
891
892 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
893 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
894 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
895 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
896
897 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
898
899 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
900 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
901 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
902 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
903
904 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
905
906 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
907
908 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
909 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
910
911 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
912
913 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
914 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
915 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
916
917 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
918
919 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
920 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
921
922 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
923 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
924 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
925
926 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
927 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
928
929 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
930
931 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
932 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
933 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
934 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
935 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
936 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
937
938 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
939 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
940
941 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
942 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
943
944 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
945 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
946
947 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
948
949 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
950 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
951
952 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
953 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
954
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800955 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
956
957 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
958 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
959
960 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
961 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
962 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
963 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
964
965 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
966
967 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
968
969 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
970 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
971
972 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
973
974 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
975
976 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
977
978 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
979
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800980 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
981
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700982 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
983
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800984 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
985 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
986
987 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
988
989 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
990
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800991 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
992
993 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
994
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700995 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
996
997 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
998 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
999
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001000 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1001 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1002
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001003 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1004 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1005
1006 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1007
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001008 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1009
1010 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1011
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001012 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1013 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1014
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001015 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1016
1017 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1018 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1019
1020 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1021
1022 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1023 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1024
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001025 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1026
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001027 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1028
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001029 /* add new commands above here */
1030
1031 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1032 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1033 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1034};
1035
1036/*
1037 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1038 * here
1039 */
1040#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1041#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1042#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1043#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1044#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1045#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1046#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1047#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1048
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001049#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1050
1051/* source-level API compatibility */
1052#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1053#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1054#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1055
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001056/**
1057 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1058 *
1059 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1060 *
1061 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1062 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1063 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1064 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001065 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1066 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1068 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1069 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1070 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1071 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1072 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1073 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1074 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1075 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1076 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001077 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001078 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001079 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1080 * this attribute)
1081 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1082 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1083 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001084 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001085 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1086 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1087 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1088 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1089 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1090 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1091 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1092 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1093 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1094 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1095 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1096 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1097 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1098 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1099 *
1100 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1101 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1102 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1103 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001104 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1105 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1106 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1108 *
1109 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1110 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1111 * keys
1112 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1113 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1114 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1115 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1116 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001117 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1118 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1119 * default management key
1120 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1121 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1122 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1123 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001124 *
1125 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1126 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1127 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1128 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1129 *
1130 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1131 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1132 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1133 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1134 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1135 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1136 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1137 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1138 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1139 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1140 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1141 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1142 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1143 *
1144 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1145 * consisting of a nested array.
1146 *
1147 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001148 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1149 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001150 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1151 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1152 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1153 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1154 *
1155 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1156 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1157 *
1158 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1159 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1160 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1161 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1162 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1163 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001164 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001165 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1166 * to a specific alpha2.
1167 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1168 * rules.
1169 *
1170 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1171 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1172 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1173 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1174 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1175 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1176 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1177 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1178 *
1179 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1180 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1181 *
1182 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1183 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1184 * of the interface mode.
1185 *
1186 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1187 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1188 *
1189 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1190 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1191 *
1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1193 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001194 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1195 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001196 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1197 * that can be added to a scan request
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001198 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1199 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1201 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001202 *
1203 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1205 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1206 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1207 *
1208 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1209 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1210 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1211 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1212 *
1213 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1214 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1215 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1216 *
1217 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1218 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1219 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1220 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1221 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1222 * represented as a u32
1223 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1224 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1225 *
1226 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1227 * a u32
1228 *
1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1230 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1231 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1232 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1233 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1235 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1236 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1237 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1238 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1239 *
1240 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1241 * cipher suites
1242 *
1243 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1244 * for other networks on different channels
1245 *
1246 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1247 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1248 *
1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1250 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1251 * this attribute can be used
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001252 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001253 *
1254 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1255 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1256 *
1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1258 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1259 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1260 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1261 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1262 * default in station mode.
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1264 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1265 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1266 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1267 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1268 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1269 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1270 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1271 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1272 *
1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1274 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1275 *
1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1277 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1278 * a local disconnect request.
1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1280 * event (u16)
1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001282 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1283 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001284 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001285 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1286 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001287 * (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001288 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1289 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1290 * u32).
1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1292 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001293 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001294 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1295 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001296 *
1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1298 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1300 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1301 *
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001302 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1303 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1304 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1305 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1306 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001307 *
1308 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1309 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1311 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1312 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1313 *
1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1317 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1318 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1319 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1320 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1321 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1322 * completely from scratch.
1323 *
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1325 *
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1327 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1328 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1329 *
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1332 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1333 *
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1335 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1336 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1337 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1338 *
1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1340 *
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1342 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1343 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1344 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1345 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1346 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK.
1347 *
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1349 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1351 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1353 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1354 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1355 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1357 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1358 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1361 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1362 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001363 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1364 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1366 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1367 *
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1369 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1370 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1371 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1372 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1375 * connected to this BSS.
1376 *
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1378 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1380 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1381 * for non-automatic settings.
1382 *
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1384 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1385 *
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1387 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1388 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1389 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1390 *
1391 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1392 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1393 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1394 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1395 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1396 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1397 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1398 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1399 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1400 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1401 *
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1403 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1404 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1405 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001406 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1409 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1410 *
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1412 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001413 *
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1415 *
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1417 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1418 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1419 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1420 * nl80211 capability flag.
1421 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001422 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001423 *
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1425 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1426 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1427 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001428 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1429 * changed once the mesh is active.
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1431 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1433 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1434 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001435 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1436 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1437 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1438 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001439 *
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1441 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1443 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1444 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1445 * triggers.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001446 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1448 * cycles, in msecs.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001449 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001450 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1451 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1452 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1453 * pass-thru filter rules.
1454 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1455 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1456 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1457 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1458 * able to ignore them by itself.
1459 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1460 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1461 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1462 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1463 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1464 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1465 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1466 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1467 *
1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1469 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1470 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1472 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1473 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1474 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1475 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001476 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001477 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1478 *
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1480 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1481 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1482 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1485 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1486 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1487 *
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1489 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1490 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1491 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1493 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1494 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1495 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1496 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1497 *
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1499 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1501 * as AP.
1502 *
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1504 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1505 *
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1507 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1510 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1511 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1512 * applications use this attribute.
1513 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1514 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1515 *
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1517 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1518 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1520 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1522 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1524 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1526 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1527 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1528 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1531 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1532 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1533 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1534 *
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1536 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1537 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1538 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1541 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001543 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1544 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1545 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1548 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1549 * to be filled by the FW.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001550 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1551 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1553 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1554 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1555 * The values that may be configured are:
1556 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1557 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1558 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1559 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1560 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1563 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1564 * to one DFS region.
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1567 * up to 16 TIDs.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001568 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001569 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1570 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1571 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1572 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1573 * capability to timeout the stations.
1574 *
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1576 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1577 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1580 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1581 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001582 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1583 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1584 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1585 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1586 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1587 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001588 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1589 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1590 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1591 *
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts
1593 * with the Authentication transaction sequence number field.
1594 *
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1596 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1597 *
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1599 *
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001600 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1601 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1603 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1604 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1605 * no change is made.
1606 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001607 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1608 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1609 *
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1611 * carried in a u32 attribute
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1614 * MAC ACL.
1615 *
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1617 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1618 * ACL.
1619 *
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1621 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1622 *
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1624 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1625 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1627 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1630 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1633 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1634 * and PU-APSD.
1635 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001636 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1637 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1640 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1641 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1642 *
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1644 *
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1646 * Element
1647 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1649 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1651 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1652 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07001653 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1654 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1655 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1656 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1657 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001658 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1659 *
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1661 * until the channel switch event.
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1663 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1664 * operation).
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1666 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001667 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1668 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1670 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1673 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1676 *
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1678 * supported operating classes.
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1681 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1682 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1683 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1684 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1685 * IBSS network.
1686 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001687 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1688 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1690 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1693 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1694 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1697 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1700 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1702 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1705 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1706 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1707 *
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08001708 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1712 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1713 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1714 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1715 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1716 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1717 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001718 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1719 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1721 * supported number of csa counters.
1722 *
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07001723 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1724 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1725 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001726 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001727 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001728 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001729 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1730 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1731 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1732 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1733 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1734 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1735 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001736 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001737 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1738 * the TDLS link initiator.
1739 *
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1741 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1742 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1743 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1744 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1745 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1746 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001747 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1748 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001749 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1750 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1751 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1754 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1755 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1756 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1757 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1758 *
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1762 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1765 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1766 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001767 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1768 *
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1770 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001771 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1772 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1773 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1774 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1777 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1778 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1779 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1780 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1781 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1784 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1785 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1786 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1787 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1788 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1789 * over all channels.
1790 *
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08001791 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001792 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1793 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1794 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001795
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1797 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1798 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1800 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1802 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1804 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1806 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1807 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1808 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1809 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1810 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08001811 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1812 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1813 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1814 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001815 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1816 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1817 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1818 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1819 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1820 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1823 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001824 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07001825 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1828 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1829 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1830 * interface type.
1831 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001832 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
1834 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1835 */
1836enum nl80211_attrs {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001837/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001838 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
1839
1840 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
1841 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
1842
1843 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
1844 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
1845 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
1846
1847 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
1848
1849 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
1850 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
1851 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
1852 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
1853 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
1854
1855 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
1856 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
1857 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
1858 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
1859
1860 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
1861 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
1862 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
1863 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
1864 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
1865 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
1866
1867 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
1868
1869 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
1870
1871 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
1872 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
1873 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
1874 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
1875
1876 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
1877 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
1878 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
1879
1880 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
1881
1882 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
1883
1884 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
1885 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
1886
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001887 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001888
1889 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
1890
1891 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
1892 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
1893 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
1894
1895 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
1896
1897 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
1898 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
1899
1900 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
1901
1902 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
1903 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
1904 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
1905 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
1906
1907 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
1908 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
1909
1910 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
1911
1912 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
1913 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
1914 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
1915 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
1916
1917 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
1918
1919 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
1920 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
1921
1922 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
1923 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
1924
1925 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
1926
1927
1928 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
1929 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
1930 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
1931 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
1932
1933 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
1934
1935 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
1936
1937 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
1938
1939 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
1940
1941 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
1942
1943 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
1944
1945 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
1946 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
1947
1948 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
1949 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
1950 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
1951 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
1952
1953 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
1954 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
1955
1956 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
1957
1958 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
1959 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
1960
1961 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
1962
1963 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
1964
1965 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
1966
1967 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
1968 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
1969
1970 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
1971
1972 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
1973
1974 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
1975
1976 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
1977
1978 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
1979
1980 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
1981
1982 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
1983
1984 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
1985
1986 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
1987
1988 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
1989
1990 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
1991 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
1992
1993 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
1994 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
1995 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
1996
1997 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1998 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
1999
2000 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2001
2002 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2003 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2004
2005 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2006
2007 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2008
2009 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2010
2011 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2012
2013 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2014
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002015 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2016
2017 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2018 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2019
2020 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2021 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2022
2023 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2024 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2025
2026 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2027
2028 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2029 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2030
2031 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2032
2033 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2034 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2035
2036 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2037
2038 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2039
2040 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2041 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2042
2043 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2044 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2045
2046 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2047
2048 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2049 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2050
2051 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2052
2053 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2054
2055 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2056 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2057 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2058 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2059 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2060
2061 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2062
2063 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2064
2065 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2066
2067 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2068
2069 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2070
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002071 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2072
2073 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2074 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2075
2076 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2077
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002078 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2079
2080 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2081
2082 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2083
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002084 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2085
2086 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2087
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002088 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2089
2090 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA,
2091
2092 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2093
2094 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2095
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002096 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2097 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2098 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2099
2100 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2101 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2102
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002103 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2104
2105 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2106
2107 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2108
2109 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2110
2111 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2112
2113 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2114 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2115
2116 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2117 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2118
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07002119 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2120 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2121
2122 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2123 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2124
2125 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2126 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2127
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002128 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2129 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2130
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002131 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2132
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002133 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2134
2135 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2136 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2137 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2138 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2139 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2140
2141 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2142
2143 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2144
2145 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2146
2147 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2148
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002149 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2150 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2151
2152 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2153
2154 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2155 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2156 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2157 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2158
2159 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2160
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002161 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2162 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2163
2164 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2165
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002166 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2167
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002168 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002169
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002170 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2171 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2172
2173 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2174
2175 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2176
2177 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2178
2179 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2180 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2181 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2182
2183 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2184
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002185 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2186
2187 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2188
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002189 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2190
2191 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2192
2193 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2194
2195 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2196
2197 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2198
2199 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2200
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002201 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2202 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2203 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2204 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2205
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002206 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2207
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002208 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2209
2210 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2211
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002212 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2213
2214 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2215
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002216 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2217
2218 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002219 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002220 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2221};
2222
2223/* source-level API compatibility */
2224#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002225#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002226#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002227
2228/*
2229 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2230 * here
2231 */
2232#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2233#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2234#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2235#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2236#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2237#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2238#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2239#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2240#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2241#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2242#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2243#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2244#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2245#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2246#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2247#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2248#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2249#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2250#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2251#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002252#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002253
2254#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002255#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002256#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002257#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2258#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2259#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2260#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002261#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002262
2263#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2264#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2265
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002266#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2267
2268/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2269#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2270
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002271#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2272
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002273/**
2274 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2275 *
2276 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2277 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2278 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2279 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002280 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2281 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2282 * AP type interface.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002283 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2284 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2285 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2286 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2287 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002288 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2289 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2290 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2291 * commands to create and destroy one
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002292 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2293 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002294 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2295 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2296 *
2297 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2298 * to set the type of an interface.
2299 *
2300 */
2301enum nl80211_iftype {
2302 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2303 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2304 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2305 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2306 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2307 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2308 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2309 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2310 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2311 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002312 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002313 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002314
2315 /* keep last */
2316 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2317 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2318};
2319
2320/**
2321 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2322 *
2323 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2324 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2325 *
2326 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2327 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2328 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2329 * with short barker preamble
2330 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2331 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002332 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002333 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2334 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2335 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2336 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2337 * as errors.)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002338 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2339 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2340 * previously added station into associated state
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002341 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2342 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2343 */
2344enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2345 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2346 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2347 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2348 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2349 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002350 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2351 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002352 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002353
2354 /* keep last */
2355 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2356 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2357};
2358
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002359/**
2360 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2363 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2364 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2365 */
2366enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2367 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2368 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2369
2370 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2371};
2372
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002373#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2374
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002375/**
2376 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2377 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2378 * @set: which values to set them to
2379 *
2380 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2381 */
2382struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2383 __u32 mask;
2384 __u32 set;
2385} __attribute__((packed));
2386
2387/**
2388 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2389 *
2390 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2391 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002392 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2393 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2394 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2395 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2396 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2397 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2398 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002399 *
2400 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2401 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2402 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002403 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002404 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002405 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002406 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002407 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2408 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2409 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002410 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2411 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002412 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002413 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2414 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2415 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2416 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2417 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2418 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002419 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2420 */
2421enum nl80211_rate_info {
2422 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2423 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2424 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2425 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2426 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002427 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002428 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2429 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2430 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2431 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2432 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002433 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2434 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002435
2436 /* keep last */
2437 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2438 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2439};
2440
2441/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002442 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2443 *
2444 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2445 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2446 *
2447 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2448 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2449 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2450 * (flag)
2451 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2452 * (flag)
2453 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2454 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2455 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2456 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2457 */
2458enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2459 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2460 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2461 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2462 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2463 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2464 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2465
2466 /* keep last */
2467 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2468 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2469};
2470
2471/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002472 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2473 *
2474 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2475 * when getting information about a station.
2476 *
2477 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2478 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002479 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2480 * (u32, from this station)
2481 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2482 * (u32, to this station)
2483 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2484 * (u64, from this station)
2485 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2486 * (u64, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002487 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2488 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002489 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002490 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2491 * (u32, from this station)
2492 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2493 * (u32, to this station)
2494 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2495 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2496 * (u32, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002497 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2499 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2500 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2501 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2502 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2503 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2504 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2505 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2506 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002509 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2511 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2513 * non-peer STA
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002514 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2515 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2516 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2517 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002518 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2519 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002520 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2521 * (u64)
2522 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2523 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2524 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2525 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2526 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2527 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2528 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2529 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2531 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2532 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002533 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2534 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002535 */
2536enum nl80211_sta_info {
2537 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2538 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2539 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2540 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2541 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2542 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2543 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2544 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2545 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2546 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2547 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2548 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2549 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2550 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002551 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2552 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2553 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2554 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002555 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002556 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002557 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2558 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2559 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2560 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2561 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002562 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2563 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002564 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002565 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2566 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2567 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2568 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002569 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2570 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002571
2572 /* keep last */
2573 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2574 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2575};
2576
2577/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002578 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2579 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2580 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2581 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2582 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2583 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2584 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2585 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2586 * MSDUs (u64)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002587 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002588 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2589 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2590 */
2591enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2592 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2593 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2594 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2595 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2596 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002597 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002598
2599 /* keep last */
2600 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2601 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2602};
2603
2604/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002605 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2606 *
2607 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2608 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2609 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2610 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2611 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2612 */
2613enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2614 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2615 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2616 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2617 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2618 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2619};
2620
2621/**
2622 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2623 *
2624 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2625 * information about a mesh path.
2626 *
2627 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2628 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2629 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2630 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2631 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2632 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2633 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2634 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2635 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2636 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2637 * currently defind
2638 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2639 */
2640enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2641 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2642 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2643 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2644 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2645 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2646 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2647 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2648 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2649
2650 /* keep last */
2651 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2652 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2653};
2654
2655/**
2656 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2657 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2658 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2659 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2660 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2661 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
2662 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2663 * defined in 802.11n
2664 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2665 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2666 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002667 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2668 * defined in 802.11ac
2669 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002670 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2671 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2672 */
2673enum nl80211_band_attr {
2674 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2675 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2676 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2677
2678 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2679 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2680 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2681 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2682
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002683 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2684 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2685
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002686 /* keep last */
2687 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2688 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2689};
2690
2691#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2692
2693/**
2694 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2695 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2696 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2697 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2698 * regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002699 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2700 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2701 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002702 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2703 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2704 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2705 * (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2707 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2708 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2709 * this channel is in this DFS state.
2710 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2711 * channel as the control channel
2712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2713 * channel as the control channel
2714 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2715 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2716 * this includes 80+80 channels
2717 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2718 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2719 * isn't possible
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002720 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002721 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2722 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2723 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2724 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2725 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2726 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002727 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002728 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2729 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002730 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
2731 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
2732 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
2733 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
2734 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
2735 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
2736 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
2737 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002738 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2739 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2741 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002742 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2743 * currently defined
2744 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002745 *
2746 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2747 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2748 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002749 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002750 */
2751enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2752 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2754 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2756 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
2758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002759 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2760 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2761 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2763 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2764 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002765 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002766 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002767 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002768 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2769 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002770
2771 /* keep last */
2772 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2773 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2774};
2775
2776#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002777#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2778#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2779#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002780#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
2781 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002782
2783/**
2784 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
2785 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2786 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2787 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2788 * in 2.4 GHz band.
2789 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2790 * currently defined
2791 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2792 */
2793enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2794 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2795 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2796 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
2797
2798 /* keep last */
2799 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2800 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2801};
2802
2803/**
2804 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
2805 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
2806 * regulatory domain.
2807 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
2808 * regulatory domain.
2809 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
2810 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
2811 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
2812 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
2813 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
2814 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002815 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002816 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
2817 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
2818 */
2819enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
2820 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
2821 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
2822 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
2823 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
2824};
2825
2826/**
2827 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
2828 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
2829 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
2830 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
2831 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
2832 * domain.
2833 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
2834 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
2835 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
2836 * them to be applied.
2837 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
2838 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
2839 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
2840 * domain request to be processed.
2841 */
2842enum nl80211_reg_type {
2843 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
2844 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
2845 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
2846 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
2847};
2848
2849/**
2850 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
2851 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2852 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
2853 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
2854 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
2855 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
2856 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
2857 * band edge.
2858 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
2859 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
2860 * band edge.
2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002862 * frequency range, in KHz.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002863 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
2864 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
2865 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
2866 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
2867 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002868 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
2869 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002870 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
2871 * currently defined
2872 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2873 */
2874enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
2875 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
2876 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
2877
2878 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
2880 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
2881
2882 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
2884
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002885 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
2886
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002887 /* keep last */
2888 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2889 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2890};
2891
2892/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002893 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
2894 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2895 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002896 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002897 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002898 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
2899 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
2900 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
2901 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
2902 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
2903 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
2904 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002905 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
2906 * attribute number currently defined
2907 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2908 */
2909enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
2910 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
2911
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002912 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
2913 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002914
2915 /* keep last */
2916 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2917 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
2918 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2919};
2920
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002921/* only for backward compatibility */
2922#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
2923
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002924/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002925 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
2926 *
2927 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
2928 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
2929 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
2930 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
2931 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
2932 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
2933 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002934 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
2935 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
2936 * beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002937 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
2938 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
2939 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002940 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
2942 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
2943 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
2944 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002945 */
2946enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
2947 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
2948 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
2949 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
2950 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
2951 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
2952 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
2953 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002954 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
2955 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002956 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002957 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002958 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
2959 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
2960 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
2961 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002962};
2963
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002964#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
2965#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
2966#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002967#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
2968 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002969#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002970
2971/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
2972#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
2973
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002974/**
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002975 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
2976 *
2977 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002978 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
2979 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
2980 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002981 */
2982enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
2983 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
2984 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
2985 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
2986 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
2987};
2988
2989/**
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002990 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
2991 *
2992 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
2993 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
2994 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
2995 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
2996 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
2997 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
2998 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
2999 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3000 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3001 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3002 * supported feature.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003003 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3004 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003005 */
3006enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3007 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3008 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003009 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003010};
3011
3012/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003013 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3014 *
3015 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3016 * when getting information about a survey.
3017 *
3018 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3019 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3020 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3021 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003022 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3023 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3024 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003025 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003026 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003027 * channel was sensed busy
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003028 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3029 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3030 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3031 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3032 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3033 * (on this channel or globally)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003034 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003035 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3036 * currently defined
3037 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3038 */
3039enum nl80211_survey_info {
3040 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3041 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3042 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3043 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003044 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3045 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3046 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3047 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3048 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3049 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003050 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003051
3052 /* keep last */
3053 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3054 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3055};
3056
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003057/* keep old names for compatibility */
3058#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3059#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3060#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3061#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3062#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3063
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003064/**
3065 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3066 *
3067 * Monitor configuration flags.
3068 *
3069 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3070 *
3071 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3072 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3073 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3074 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3075 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3076 * overrides all other flags.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003077 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3078 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003079 *
3080 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3081 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3082 */
3083enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3084 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3085 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3086 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3087 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3088 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3089 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003090 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003091
3092 /* keep last */
3093 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3094 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3095};
3096
3097/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003098 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3099 *
3100 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3101 * not known or has not been set yet.
3102 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3103 * in Awake state all the time.
3104 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3105 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3106 * neighbor's beacons.
3107 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3108 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3109 * for neighbor's beacons.
3110 *
3111 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3112 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3113 */
3114
3115enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3116 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3117 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3118 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3119 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3120
3121 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3122 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3123};
3124
3125/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003126 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3127 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003128 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3129 * active.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003130 *
3131 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3132 *
3133 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003134 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003135 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003136 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003137 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003138 *
3139 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003140 * millisecond units
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003141 *
3142 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003143 * on this mesh interface
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003144 *
3145 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003146 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3147 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003148 *
3149 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003150 * point.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003151 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003152 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3153 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3154 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3155 * set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003156 *
3157 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003158 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3159 * target)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003160 *
3161 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003162 * (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003163 *
3164 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003165 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003166 *
3167 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003168 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3169 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003170 *
3171 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003172 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3173 * reference element
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003174 *
3175 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003176 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3177 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003178 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003179 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3180 *
3181 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003182 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003183 *
3184 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003185 * root announcements are transmitted.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003186 *
3187 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003188 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3189 * Announcement frames.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003190 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003191 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003192 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3193 * PERR element.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003194 *
3195 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003196 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3197 *
3198 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3199 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3200 * a peer link.
3201 *
3202 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3203 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3204 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3205 *
3206 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003207 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3209 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003210 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3211 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3212 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3213 *
3214 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3215 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3216 *
3217 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3218 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3219 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3220 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003221 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3222 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3223 *
3224 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3225 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003226 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3227 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003228 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3229 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003230 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003231 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3232 */
3233enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3234 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3235 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3236 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3237 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3238 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3239 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3240 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3241 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3242 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3243 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3244 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3245 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3246 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3247 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3248 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3249 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003250 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3251 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003252 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3253 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003254 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3255 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3256 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3257 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3258 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3259 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003260 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3261 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003262 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003263
3264 /* keep last */
3265 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3266 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3267};
3268
3269/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003270 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3271 *
3272 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3273 * changed while the mesh is active.
3274 *
3275 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3276 *
3277 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003278 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3279 * default HWMP.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003280 *
3281 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003282 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3283 * metric.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003284 *
3285 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003286 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3287 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3288 * metrics in use.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003289 *
3290 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003291 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003292 *
3293 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003294 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3295 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3296 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3297 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3298 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3299 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3300 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3301 * userspace daemon.
3302 *
3303 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3304 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3305 * neighbor offset synchronization
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003306 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003307 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3308 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3309 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003310 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3311 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3312 * Default is no authentication method required.
3313 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003314 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003315 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003316 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3317 */
3318enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3319 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3320 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3321 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3322 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3323 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3324 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003325 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003326 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003327 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003328
3329 /* keep last */
3330 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3331 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3332};
3333
3334/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003335 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3336 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003337 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003338 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3339 * disabled
3340 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3341 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3342 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3343 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3344 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3345 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3346 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3347 */
3348enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3349 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003350 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003351 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3352 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3353 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3354 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3355
3356 /* keep last */
3357 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3358 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3359};
3360
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003361enum nl80211_ac {
3362 NL80211_AC_VO,
3363 NL80211_AC_VI,
3364 NL80211_AC_BE,
3365 NL80211_AC_BK,
3366 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003367};
3368
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003369/* backward compat */
3370#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3371#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3372#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3373#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3374#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3375
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003376/**
3377 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3378 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3379 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3380 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3381 * below the control channel
3382 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3383 * above the control channel
3384 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003385enum nl80211_channel_type {
3386 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3387 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3388 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3389 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3390};
3391
3392/**
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003393 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3394 *
3395 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3396 * attribute.
3397 *
3398 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3399 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3400 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3401 * attribute must be provided as well
3402 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3403 * attribute must be provided as well
3404 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3405 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3406 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3407 * attribute must be provided as well
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003408 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3409 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003410 */
3411enum nl80211_chan_width {
3412 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3413 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3414 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3415 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3416 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3417 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003418 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3419 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3420};
3421
3422/**
3423 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3424 *
3425 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3426 *
3427 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3428 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3429 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3430 */
3431enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3432 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3433 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3434 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003435};
3436
3437/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003438 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3439 *
3440 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3441 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3442 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3443 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003444 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3445 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3446 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003447 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3448 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3449 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3450 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003451 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3452 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3453 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003454 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3455 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003456 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3457 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003458 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3459 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3460 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3461 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3462 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3463 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3464 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3465 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3466 * yet been received
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003467 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3468 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003469 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3470 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3471 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3472 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003473 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3474 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3475 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003476 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003477 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3478 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3479 */
3480enum nl80211_bss {
3481 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3482 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3483 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3484 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3485 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3486 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3487 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3488 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3489 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3490 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3491 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3492 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003493 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003494 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3495 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003496 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003497 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003498
3499 /* keep last */
3500 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3501 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3502};
3503
3504/**
3505 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3506 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003507 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3508 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3509 * a given BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003510 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3511 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3512 *
3513 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3514 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3515 */
3516enum nl80211_bss_status {
3517 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3518 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3519 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3520};
3521
3522/**
3523 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3524 *
3525 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3526 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3527 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3528 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003529 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003530 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3531 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3532 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3533 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3534 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3535 */
3536enum nl80211_auth_type {
3537 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3538 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3539 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3540 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003541 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003542
3543 /* keep last */
3544 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3545 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3546 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3547};
3548
3549/**
3550 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3551 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3552 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3553 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3554 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3555 */
3556enum nl80211_key_type {
3557 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3558 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3559 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3560
3561 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3562};
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3566 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3567 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3568 */
3569enum nl80211_mfp {
3570 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3571 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3572};
3573
3574enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3575 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3576 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3577};
3578
3579/**
3580 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3581 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3582 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3583 * unicast key
3584 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3585 * multicast key
3586 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3587 */
3588enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3589 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3590 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3591 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3592
3593 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3594};
3595
3596/**
3597 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3598 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3599 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3600 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3601 * keys
3602 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3603 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3604 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3605 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3606 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3607 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3608 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3609 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3610 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3611 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3612 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3613 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3614 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3615 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3616 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3617 */
3618enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3619 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3620 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3621 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3622 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3623 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3624 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3625 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3626 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3627 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3628
3629 /* keep last */
3630 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3631 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3632};
3633
3634/**
3635 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3636 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3637 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3638 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3639 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3640 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003641 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003642 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003643 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3644 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003645 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003646 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3647 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3648 */
3649enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3650 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3651 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003652 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3653 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003654 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003655
3656 /* keep last */
3657 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3658 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3659};
3660
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003661#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3662#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3663
3664/**
3665 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3666 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3667 */
3668struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3669 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3670};
3671
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003672enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3673 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3674 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3675 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3676};
3677
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003678/**
3679 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3680 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3681 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003682 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003683 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3684 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003685 */
3686enum nl80211_band {
3687 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3688 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003689 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003690
3691 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003692};
3693
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003694/**
3695 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3696 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3697 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3698 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003699enum nl80211_ps_state {
3700 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3701 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3702};
3703
3704/**
3705 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3706 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3707 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3708 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3709 * to disable.
3710 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3711 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3712 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3713 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
3714 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3715 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3717 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3718 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3719 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3720 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3721 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3722 * checked.
3723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3724 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3725 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3726 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003727 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3728 * loss event
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003729 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3730 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3731 */
3732enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3733 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3734 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3735 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3736 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
3737 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003738 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3739 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3740 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003741 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003742
3743 /* keep last */
3744 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3745 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3746};
3747
3748/**
3749 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
3750 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
3751 * configured threshold
3752 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
3753 * configured threshold
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003754 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003755 */
3756enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3757 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3758 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003759 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003760};
3761
3762
3763/**
3764 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3765 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3766 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3767 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3768 */
3769enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3770 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3771 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3772 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3773};
3774
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003775/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003776 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
3777 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
3778 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003779 * a zero bit are ignored
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003780 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003781 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
3782 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
3783 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
3784 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
3785 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
3786 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003787 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003788 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
3789 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
3790 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003791 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003792 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003793 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
3794 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003795 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003796enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
3797 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
3798 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
3799 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
3800 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003801
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003802 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
3803 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003804};
3805
3806/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003807 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003808 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
3809 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
3810 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003811 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003812 *
3813 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003814 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
3815 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
3816 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
3817 * by the kernel to userspace.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003818 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003819struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003820 __u32 max_patterns;
3821 __u32 min_pattern_len;
3822 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003823 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003824} __attribute__((packed));
3825
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003826/* only for backward compatibility */
3827#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
3828#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
3829#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
3830#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
3831#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
3832#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
3833#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
3834
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003835/**
3836 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
3837 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
3838 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
3839 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
3840 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003841 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
3842 * any others are even supported by the device.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003843 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
3844 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
3845 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
3846 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
3847 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
3848 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
3849 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003850 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
3851 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
3852 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
3853 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003854 *
3855 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003856 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003857 *
3858 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
3859 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
3860 * to the kernel when configuring.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003861 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
3862 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
3863 * by the device (flag)
3864 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
3865 * done by the device) (flag)
3866 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
3867 * packet (flag)
3868 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
3869 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
3870 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003871 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
3872 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
3873 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
3874 * attribute contains the original length.
3875 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
3876 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
3877 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
3878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
3879 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
3880 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
3881 * contains the original length.
3882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
3883 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
3884 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
3885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
3886 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
3887 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
3888 * the TCP connection.
3889 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
3890 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
3891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
3892 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
3893 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
3894 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
3895 * service
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003896 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
3897 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
3898 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003899 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
3900 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
3901 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
3902 * attribute is also sent in a response to
3903 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
3904 * supported by the driver (u32).
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003905 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
3906 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
3907 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
3908 * that the information is not available. If more than one
3909 * element is present, it means that more than one match
3910 * occurred.
3911 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
3912 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
3913 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
3914 * these attributes must be present. If
3915 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
3916 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
3917 * channel.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003918 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
3919 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003920 *
3921 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
3922 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003923 */
3924enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
3925 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
3926 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
3927 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
3928 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
3929 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
3930 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
3931 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
3932 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
3933 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
3934 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003935 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
3936 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
3937 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
3938 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
3939 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
3940 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
3941 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
3942 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003943 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
3944 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003945
3946 /* keep last */
3947 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
3948 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
3949};
3950
3951/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003952 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
3953 *
3954 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
3955 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
3956 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
3957 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
3958 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
3959 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
3960 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
3961 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
3962 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
3963 *
3964 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
3965 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
3966 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
3967 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
3968 * also woken up.
3969 *
3970 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
3971 * response packets might not go through correctly.
3972 */
3973
3974/**
3975 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
3976 * @start: starting value
3977 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
3978 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
3979 *
3980 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
3981 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
3982 * in little endian.
3983 */
3984struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
3985 __u32 start, offset, len;
3986};
3987
3988/**
3989 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
3990 * @offset: offset of token in packet
3991 * @len: length of each token
3992 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
3993 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
3994 */
3995struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
3996 __u32 offset, len;
3997 __u8 token_stream[];
3998};
3999
4000/**
4001 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4002 * @min_len: minimum token length
4003 * @max_len: maximum token length
4004 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4005 */
4006struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4007 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4008};
4009
4010/**
4011 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4012 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4013 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4014 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4015 * (in network byte order)
4016 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4017 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4018 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4019 * might require ARP querying.
4020 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4021 * socket and port will be allocated
4022 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4023 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4024 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4025 * of the data payload.
4026 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4027 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4028 * advertising it is just a flag
4029 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4030 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4031 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4032 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4033 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4034 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4035 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4036 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004037 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004038 * but on the TCP payload only.
4039 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4040 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4041 */
4042enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4043 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4044 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4045 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4046 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4047 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4048 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4049 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4050 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4051 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4052 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4053 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4054 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4055
4056 /* keep last */
4057 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4058 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4059};
4060
4061/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004062 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4063 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4064 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4065 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4066 *
4067 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4068 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4069 */
4070struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4071 __u32 max_rules;
4072 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4073 __u32 max_delay;
4074} __attribute__((packed));
4075
4076/**
4077 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4078 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4079 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4080 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4081 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4082 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4083 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4084 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4085 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4086 */
4087enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4088 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4089 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4090 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4091 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4092
4093 /* keep last */
4094 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4095 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4096};
4097
4098/**
4099 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4100 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4101 * in a rule are matched.
4102 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4103 * in a rule are not matched.
4104 */
4105enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4106 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4107 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4108};
4109
4110/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004111 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4112 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4113 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4114 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4115 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4116 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4117 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4118 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4119 */
4120enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4121 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4122 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4123 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4124
4125 /* keep last */
4126 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4127 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4128};
4129
4130/**
4131 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4132 *
4133 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4134 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4135 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4136 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4137 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4138 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4139 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4140 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4141 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4142 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4143 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4144 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4145 * different channels may be used within this group.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004146 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4147 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004148 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4149 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004150 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4151 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4152 *
4153 * Examples:
4154 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4155 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4156 *
4157 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], channels = 1, max = 8
4158 * => allows 8 of AP/GO
4159 *
4160 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4161 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4162 *
4163 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4164 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4165 *
4166 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4167 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4168 * that any of these groups must match.
4169 *
4170 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4171 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4172 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4173 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4174 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4175 */
4176enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4177 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4178 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4179 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4180 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4181 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004182 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004183 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004184
4185 /* keep last */
4186 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4187 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4188};
4189
4190
4191/**
4192 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4193 *
4194 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4195 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4196 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4197 * this mesh peer
4198 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4199 * from this mesh peer
4200 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4201 * received from this mesh peer
4202 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4203 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4204 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4205 * plink are discarded
4206 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4207 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4208 */
4209enum nl80211_plink_state {
4210 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4211 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4212 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4213 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4214 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4215 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4216 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4217
4218 /* keep last */
4219 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4220 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4221};
4222
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004223/**
4224 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4225 *
4226 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4227 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4228 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4229 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4230 */
4231enum plink_actions {
4232 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4233 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4234 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4235
4236 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4237};
4238
4239
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004240#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4241#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4242#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4243
4244/**
4245 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4246 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4247 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4248 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4249 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4250 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4251 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4252 */
4253enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4254 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4255 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4256 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4257 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4258
4259 /* keep last */
4260 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4261 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4262};
4263
4264/**
4265 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4266 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4267 * Beacon frames)
4268 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4269 * in Beacon frames
4270 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4271 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4272 */
4273enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4274 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4275 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4276 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4277};
4278
4279/**
4280 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4281 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4282 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4283 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4284 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4285 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4286 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4287 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4288 */
4289enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4290 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4291 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4292 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4293
4294 /* keep last */
4295 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4296 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4297};
4298
4299/**
4300 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4301 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4302 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4303 * priority)
4304 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4305 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4306 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4307 * (internal)
4308 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4309 * (internal)
4310 */
4311enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4312 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4313 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4314 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4315 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4316
4317 /* keep last */
4318 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4319 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4320};
4321
4322/**
4323 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4324 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4325 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4326 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4327 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4328 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4329 */
4330enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4331 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4332 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4333 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4334 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4335 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4336};
4337
4338/*
4339 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4340 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4341 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4342enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4343};
4344 */
4345
4346/**
4347 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4348 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4349 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4350 * socket option.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004351 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004352 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4353 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004354 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4355 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4356 * cellular base stations.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004357 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4358 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004359 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4360 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4361 * mode
4362 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4363 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4364 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4365 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4366 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4367 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4368 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004369 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4370 * setting
4371 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4372 * powersave
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004373 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4374 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4375 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4376 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4377 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4378 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4379 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4380 * states using station flags.
4381 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4382 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4383 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4384 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4385 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004386 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4387 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4388 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4389 * still generated by the driver.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004390 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4391 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4392 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4393 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004394 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4395 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4396 * lifetime of a BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004397 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4398 * Set IE to probe requests.
4399 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4400 * to probe requests.
4401 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4402 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4403 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4404 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4405 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4406 * Measurement Report action frame.
4407 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4408 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4409 * to enable dynack.
4410 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4411 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4412 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4413 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4414 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4415 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4416 * rts/cts handshake.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004417 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4418 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4419 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4420 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4421 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4422 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4423 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4424 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4425 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4426 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4427 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4428 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4429 * address mask/value will be used.
4430 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4431 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4432 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4433 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4434 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4435 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4436 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4437 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004438 */
4439enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004440 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4441 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4442 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4443 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004444 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004445 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4446 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4447 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4448 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4449 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4450 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004451 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4452 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004453 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4454 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4455 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004456 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004457 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004458 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004459 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4460 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4461 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4462 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4463 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4464 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4465 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004466 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4467 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4468 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4469 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4470 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4471 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004472};
4473
4474/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004475 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4476 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4478 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4479 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4480 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4481 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004482 *
4483 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4484 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4485 */
4486enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004489
4490 /* add new features before the definition below */
4491 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4492 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4493};
4494
4495/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004496 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4497 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4498 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4499 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4500 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4501 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4502 * to the host.
4503 *
4504 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4505 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4506 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4507 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4508 */
4509enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4510 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4511 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4512 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4513 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4514};
4515
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004516/**
4517 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4518 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4519 * handled by the AP is reached.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004520 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004521 */
4522enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4523 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4524 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4525};
4526
4527/**
4528 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4529 *
4530 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4531 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4532 * requests.
4533 *
4534 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4535 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4536 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4537 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4538 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4539 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4540 * when really needed
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004541 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4542 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4543 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4544 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4545 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4546 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4547 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4548 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4549 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004550 */
4551enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4552 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4553 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
4554 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004555 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004556};
4557
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004558/**
4559 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4560 *
4561 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4562 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4563 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4564 *
4565 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4566 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4567 * in ACL to authenticate.
4568 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4569 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4570 */
4571enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4572 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4573 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4574};
4575
4576/**
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004577 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4578 *
4579 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4580 *
4581 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4582 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4583 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4584 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4585 */
4586enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4587 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4588 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4589 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4590
4591 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4592 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4593};
4594
4595/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004596 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4597 *
4598 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4599 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4600 *
4601 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4602 * now unusable.
4603 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4604 * the channel is now available.
4605 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4606 * change to the channel status.
4607 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4608 * over, channel becomes usable.
4609 */
4610enum nl80211_radar_event {
4611 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4612 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4613 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4614 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4615};
4616
4617/**
4618 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4619 *
4620 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4621 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004622 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004623 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004624 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004625 * is therefore marked as not available.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004626 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004627 */
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004628enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4629 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4630 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4631 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4632};
4633
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004634/**
4635 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4636 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4637 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4638 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4639 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4640 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4641 */
4642enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4643 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
4644};
4645
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07004646/**
4647 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4648 *
4649 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4650 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4651 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4652 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4653 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4654 */
4655enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4656 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4657 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4658 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4659 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4660 /* add other protocols before this one */
4661 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4662};
4663
4664/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4665#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
4666
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004667/**
4668 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4669 *
4670 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4671 *
4672 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4673 */
4674enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4675 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4676};
4677
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004678/*
4679 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4680 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4681 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4682 */
4683#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
4684
4685/**
4686 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4687 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4688 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4689 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4690 * added to this file when needed.
4691 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4692 */
4693struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4694 __u32 vendor_id;
4695 __u32 subcmd;
4696};
4697
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07004698/**
4699 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4700 *
4701 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4702 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4703 *
4704 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4705 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4706 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4707 */
4708enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4709 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4710 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4711 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4712};
4713
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08004714/**
4715 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
4716 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4717 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
4718 * seconds (u32).
4719 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
4720 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
4721 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
4722 * make the scan plan meaningless.
4723 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
4724 * currently defined
4725 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4726 */
4727enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
4728 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
4729 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
4730 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
4731
4732 /* keep last */
4733 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
4734 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
4735 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
4736};
4737
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004738/**
4739 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
4740 *
4741 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment.
4742 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS.
4743 */
4744struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
4745 __u8 band;
4746 __s8 delta;
4747} __attribute__((packed));
4748
4749/**
4750 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
4751 *
4752 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
4753 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
4754 * is requested.
4755 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
4756 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
4757 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
4758 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
4759 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
4760 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4761 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4762 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4763 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4764 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
4765 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
4766 *
4767 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
4768 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
4769 * which the driver shall use.
4770 */
4771enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
4772 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
4773 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
4774 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
4775 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4776
4777 /* keep last */
4778 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4779 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4780};
4781
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004782#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */